1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
30 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
31 #include "plugin-api.h"
35 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
36 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
38 struct elf_info_failed
40 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
44 /* This structure is used to pass information to
45 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
47 struct elf_find_verdep_info
49 /* General link information. */
50 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
51 /* The number of dependencies. */
53 /* Whether we had a failure. */
57 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
58 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
61 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
62 unsigned long r_symndx
,
65 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
66 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
68 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
70 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
72 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
73 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
74 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
76 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
77 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
78 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
79 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
85 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
86 but it could be a relocation against a local
87 symbol for a discarded section. */
89 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
91 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
92 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
93 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
95 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
101 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
104 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
105 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
110 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
113 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
116 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
117 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
118 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
119 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
120 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
126 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
127 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
128 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
131 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
132 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
135 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
136 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
137 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
138 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
140 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
145 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
151 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
153 /* This function may be called more than once. */
154 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
157 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
159 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
160 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
161 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
162 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
165 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
169 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
171 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
175 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
177 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
179 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
184 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
185 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
187 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
189 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
190 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
191 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
192 a global offset table. */
193 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
194 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
195 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
203 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
205 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
207 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
209 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
210 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
212 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
213 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
214 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
215 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
216 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
220 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
222 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
223 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
224 && elf_object_id (ibfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (hash_table
)
225 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
226 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
232 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
235 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
237 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
238 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
244 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
245 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
246 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
247 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
248 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
249 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
252 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
256 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
257 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
259 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
262 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
265 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
268 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
269 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
271 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
273 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
274 shared library does not. */
275 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
277 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
278 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
283 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
284 if they are not needed. */
285 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
286 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
288 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
291 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
292 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
294 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 1))
297 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
298 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
300 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
303 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
304 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
306 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
308 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
310 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
311 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
315 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
317 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
320 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
321 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
322 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
323 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
324 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
325 to decide how to initialize the process. */
326 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
327 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
333 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
334 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
336 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
338 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
341 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
)
343 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
344 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
346 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
348 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
349 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
350 variable count of 32-bit words. */
351 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
352 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
354 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
357 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
358 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
359 the .got and .plt sections. */
360 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
361 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
364 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
369 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
372 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
374 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
377 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
378 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
380 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
381 .rel[a].bss sections. */
382 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
385 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
386 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
387 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
388 to read in from the object file. */
389 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
391 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
392 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
393 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
395 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
401 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
403 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
405 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
406 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
407 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
412 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
413 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
414 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
415 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
417 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
421 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
424 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
426 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
427 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
428 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
429 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
430 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
431 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
432 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
433 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
438 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
440 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
441 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
442 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
443 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
450 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
451 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
452 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
453 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
454 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
455 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
456 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
457 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
458 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
459 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
461 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
463 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
464 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
465 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
466 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
468 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
472 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
474 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
475 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
476 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
477 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
479 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
481 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
489 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
490 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
491 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
492 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
493 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
494 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
498 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
499 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
501 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
503 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
508 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
509 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
510 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
511 this would not be necessary. */
512 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
516 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
517 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
520 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
528 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
529 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
534 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
535 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
540 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
542 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
543 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
545 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
546 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
547 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
548 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
549 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
552 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
557 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
559 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
565 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
568 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
570 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
572 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
574 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
575 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
578 if ((info
->dynamic_data
579 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
580 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
582 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
583 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
586 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
589 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
591 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
595 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
596 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
599 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
600 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
606 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
609 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
612 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
613 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
617 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
618 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
620 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
622 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
623 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
626 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
627 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
629 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
633 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
634 else will have non_elf set. */
637 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
641 switch (h
->root
.type
)
643 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
644 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
645 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
648 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
649 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
650 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
651 may depend on this. */
652 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
653 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
654 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
656 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
658 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
659 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
660 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
661 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
663 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
664 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
665 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
666 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
668 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
669 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
670 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
671 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
678 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
679 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
680 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
681 force the correct value. */
685 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
687 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
688 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
689 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
691 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
692 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
694 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
701 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
702 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
703 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
704 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
707 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
709 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
711 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
712 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
717 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
718 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
722 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
725 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
726 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
727 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
730 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
732 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
733 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
741 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
742 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
743 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
746 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
751 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
752 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
753 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
756 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
757 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
759 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
762 /* See if the entry exists already. */
763 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
764 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
767 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
768 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
772 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
773 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
774 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
776 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
780 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
781 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
785 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
786 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
788 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
789 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
790 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
795 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
796 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
797 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
799 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
802 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
803 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
808 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
809 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
811 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
813 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
815 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
816 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
817 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
818 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
821 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
823 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
825 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
830 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
833 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
837 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
839 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
840 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
845 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
846 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
847 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
850 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
853 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
858 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
859 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
865 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
866 STB_LOCAL binding. */
869 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
872 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
874 if (!h
->forced_local
)
877 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
878 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
883 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
884 omitted when creating a shared library. */
886 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
890 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
893 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
897 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
898 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
900 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
901 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
902 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
904 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
905 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
906 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
908 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
909 against any other section. */
916 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
917 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
918 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
919 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
924 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
925 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
926 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
927 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
928 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
929 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
930 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
931 that are stripped.) */
934 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
935 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
936 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
938 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
939 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
941 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
942 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
944 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
946 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
947 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
948 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
949 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
950 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
954 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
957 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
960 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
962 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
963 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
966 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
968 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
969 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
970 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
972 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
974 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
975 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
978 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
979 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
980 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
984 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
988 /* Merge st_other field. */
991 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
992 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
993 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
995 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
997 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
998 code might be needed here. */
999 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1000 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1005 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1006 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1008 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1009 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1010 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1011 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1014 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1015 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1016 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1019 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1020 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1021 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1022 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1023 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1024 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1025 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1026 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1027 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1028 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1029 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1030 type or size does change. */
1033 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1034 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1036 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1039 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1041 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1042 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1044 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1045 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1046 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1049 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1050 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1055 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1056 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1059 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1065 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1067 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1068 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1070 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1071 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1076 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1078 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1079 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1081 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1082 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1085 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1087 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1088 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1090 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1093 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1097 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1102 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1103 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1105 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1106 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1107 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1111 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1115 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1116 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1117 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1118 the same symbol version. */
1119 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1120 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1121 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1122 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1127 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1131 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1132 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1137 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1138 have the same symbol version. */
1139 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1140 || (old_version
!= NULL
1141 && new_version
!= NULL
1142 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1147 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1152 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1157 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1158 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1159 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1162 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1163 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1164 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1165 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1169 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1170 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1172 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1175 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1178 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1179 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1180 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1181 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1183 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1185 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1186 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1188 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1190 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1191 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1193 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1195 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1196 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1197 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1198 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1199 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1200 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1201 reference to the executable symbol. */
1204 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1206 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1208 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1209 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1214 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1217 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1221 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1222 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1223 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1225 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1231 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1232 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1233 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1234 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1235 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1236 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1238 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1239 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1240 || !h
->def_regular
))
1245 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1246 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1248 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1249 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1250 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1253 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1254 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1256 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1257 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1259 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1260 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1263 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1264 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1266 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1268 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1269 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1270 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1272 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1273 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1275 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1276 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1278 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1279 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1281 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1282 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1283 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1284 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1286 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1288 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1289 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1290 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1291 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1292 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1300 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1301 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1308 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1309 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1313 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1315 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1316 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1320 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1321 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1327 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1328 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1329 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1331 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1332 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1333 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1334 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1337 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1338 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1340 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1361 /* xgettext:c-format */
1362 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1363 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1364 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1365 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1388 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1389 definition from a dynamic object. */
1391 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1392 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1395 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1397 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1398 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1399 recorded as dynamic.
1401 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1402 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1403 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1408 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1411 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1412 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1413 object, we remove the old definition. */
1414 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1416 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1417 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1418 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1419 was referenced before. */
1422 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1423 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1424 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1426 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1427 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1429 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1430 any dynamic link state. */
1431 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1432 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1439 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1449 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1450 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1451 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1452 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1453 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1454 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1455 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1456 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1458 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1459 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1463 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1464 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1467 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1469 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1470 any dynamic link state. */
1471 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1472 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1478 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1484 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1485 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1486 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1487 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1488 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1489 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1490 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1492 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1493 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1494 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1495 DEFINED script function.
1497 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1498 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1500 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1502 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1505 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1506 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1507 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1509 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1510 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1511 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1516 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1517 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1519 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1520 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1523 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1524 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1526 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1527 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1528 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1529 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1530 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1531 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1532 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1533 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1534 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1535 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1536 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1539 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1540 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1542 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1543 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1544 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1545 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1546 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1552 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1553 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1556 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1558 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1562 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1565 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1568 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1570 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1572 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1573 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1574 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1576 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1581 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1582 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1583 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1584 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1586 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1587 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1589 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1590 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1591 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1596 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1597 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1602 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1604 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1605 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1606 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1607 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1608 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1610 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1611 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1612 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1613 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1615 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1618 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1619 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1620 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1621 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1622 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1623 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1625 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1626 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1627 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1628 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1629 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1630 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1635 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1636 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1640 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1642 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1643 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1645 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1646 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1647 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1648 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1649 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1651 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1652 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1655 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1656 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1657 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1658 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1662 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1666 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1667 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1668 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1669 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1672 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1673 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1675 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1676 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1677 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1678 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1684 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1685 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1687 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1688 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1689 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1693 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1698 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1699 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1700 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1701 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1702 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1704 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1705 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1706 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1711 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1712 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1717 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1718 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1721 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1722 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1723 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1726 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1728 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1729 overriding a function. */
1731 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1735 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1736 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1739 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1741 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1744 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1747 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1748 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1749 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1750 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1753 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1754 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1755 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1756 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1757 in the shared library. */
1760 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1763 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1764 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1765 or the alignment. */
1766 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1767 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1769 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1770 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1772 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1775 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1776 in the dynamic object. */
1777 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1778 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1781 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1783 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1784 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1786 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1787 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1789 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1792 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1797 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1798 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1799 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1800 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1801 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1802 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1803 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1804 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1808 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1815 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1816 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1817 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1818 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1821 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1822 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1823 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1825 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1829 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1831 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1832 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1838 bfd_boolean collect
;
1839 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1840 bfd_boolean override
;
1842 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1844 bfd_boolean matched
;
1846 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1849 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1850 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1851 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1852 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1853 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1854 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1858 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1863 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1865 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1869 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1874 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1880 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1881 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1882 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1884 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1885 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1886 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1888 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1889 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1891 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1892 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1893 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1894 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1895 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1896 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1899 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1900 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1901 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1907 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1909 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1910 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1911 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1912 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1913 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1914 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1919 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1920 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1921 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1923 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1928 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1934 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1935 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1938 if (bh
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1939 && bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
1940 && (bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1942 /* Mark the previous definition from IR object as
1943 undefined so that the generic linker will override
1945 bh
->type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1946 bh
->u
.undef
.abfd
= bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1948 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1949 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1950 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1951 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1953 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1958 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1959 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1960 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1961 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1962 name, and it is the default version.
1964 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1965 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1966 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1968 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1969 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1970 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1971 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1972 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1973 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1974 definition in the regular object. */
1976 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1977 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1978 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1980 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1981 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1985 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1989 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1994 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1995 other fields correctly. */
1999 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
2000 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2001 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2003 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2004 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2005 the user in that case. */
2007 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2011 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2012 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2014 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2015 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2016 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2017 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2018 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2020 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2026 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2033 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2039 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2043 len
= strlen (name
);
2044 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2045 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2047 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2048 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2050 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2051 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2052 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2054 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2055 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2056 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2064 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2065 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2066 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2067 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2068 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2070 /* xgettext:c-format */
2071 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2077 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2078 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2079 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2081 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2083 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2084 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2085 to the user in that case. */
2087 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2089 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2090 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2091 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2093 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2099 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2105 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2115 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2116 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2119 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2121 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2123 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2124 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2127 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2128 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2131 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2132 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2133 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2134 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2136 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2146 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2147 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2148 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2149 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2152 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2155 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2156 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2157 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2160 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2165 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2166 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2167 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2170 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2171 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2175 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2178 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2179 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2185 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2190 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2193 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2197 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2198 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2199 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2203 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2206 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2210 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2211 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2212 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2214 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2216 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2217 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2219 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2222 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2229 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2230 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2233 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2235 const char *version_p
,
2236 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2239 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2241 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2242 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2244 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2248 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2250 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2251 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2254 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2255 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2256 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2257 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2259 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2263 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2264 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2266 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2268 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2270 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2273 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2287 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2290 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2291 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2294 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2295 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2296 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2298 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2299 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2302 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2303 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2305 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2308 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2312 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2316 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2321 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2323 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2326 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2327 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2328 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2330 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2338 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2339 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2340 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2341 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2344 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2346 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2349 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2353 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2356 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2359 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2362 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2366 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2368 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2370 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2372 /* Hide symbols defined in discarded input sections. */
2373 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2374 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2375 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
2376 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2381 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2382 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2384 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2387 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2390 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2394 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2396 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2401 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2403 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2404 version node for this version. */
2405 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2407 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2410 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2411 to worry about it. */
2412 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2415 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2419 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2424 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2428 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2429 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2430 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2432 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2436 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2440 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2444 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2445 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2447 /* xgettext:c-format */
2448 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2449 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2451 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2456 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2459 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2460 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2463 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2464 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2465 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2466 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2472 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2473 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2474 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2475 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2476 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2477 relocations should be stored.
2479 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2482 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2485 void *external_relocs
,
2486 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2489 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2490 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2491 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2492 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2493 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2496 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2497 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2500 /* Read the relocations. */
2501 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2504 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2505 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2509 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2510 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2511 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2512 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2513 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2516 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2520 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2521 /* Setting erelaend like this and comparing with <= handles case of
2522 a fuzzed object with sh_size not a multiple of sh_entsize. */
2523 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
- shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2524 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2525 while (erela
<= erelaend
)
2529 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2530 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2531 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2535 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2538 /* xgettext:c-format */
2539 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2540 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2541 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2542 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2547 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2550 /* xgettext:c-format */
2551 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2552 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2553 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2554 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2555 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2559 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2560 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2566 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2567 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2568 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2569 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2570 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2571 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2572 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2573 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2574 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2577 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2579 void *external_relocs
,
2580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2581 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2583 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2584 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2586 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2587 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2589 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2590 return esdo
->relocs
;
2592 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2595 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2599 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2601 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2603 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2604 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2608 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2610 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2613 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2615 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2617 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2620 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2623 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2626 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2630 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2631 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2632 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2633 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2637 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2639 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2642 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2644 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2649 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2650 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2652 return internal_relocs
;
2660 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2667 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2668 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2671 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2672 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2674 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2676 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2677 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2679 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2680 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2681 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2682 we zero the allocated space. */
2683 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2684 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2687 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2689 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2691 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2692 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2696 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2702 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2703 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2707 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2708 asection
*input_section
,
2709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2714 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2715 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2717 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2718 asection
*output_section
;
2719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2720 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2721 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2723 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2725 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2726 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2727 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2729 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2730 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2732 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2733 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2735 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2736 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2741 /* xgettext:c-format */
2742 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2743 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2748 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2749 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2750 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2751 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2752 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2753 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2755 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2756 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2757 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2760 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2762 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2767 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2770 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2771 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2773 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2775 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2776 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2781 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2782 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2783 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2784 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2785 the face of future changes. */
2788 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2789 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2793 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2794 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2795 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2796 an ELF dynamic object. */
2799 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2800 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2802 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2803 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2806 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2810 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2811 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2812 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2815 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2821 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2825 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2834 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2835 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2836 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2837 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2838 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2839 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2840 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2841 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2843 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2844 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2845 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2846 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2847 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2851 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2852 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2853 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2854 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2857 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2858 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2859 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2860 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2861 flag will not have been set. */
2862 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2866 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2869 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2870 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2871 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2873 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2874 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2875 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2876 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2877 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2879 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2880 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2882 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2883 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2884 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2888 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2890 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2891 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2892 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2893 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2894 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2895 will force it local. */
2896 else if (h
->needs_plt
2897 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2898 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2899 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2900 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2903 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2905 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2906 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2907 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2910 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2911 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2912 over to the real definition. */
2913 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2917 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2918 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2919 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. If the def is not
2920 bfd_link_hash_defined as it was when put on the alias list
2921 then it must have originally been a versioned symbol (for
2922 which a non-versioned indirect symbol is created) and later
2923 a definition for the non-versioned symbol is found. In that
2924 case the indirection is flipped with the versioned symbol
2925 becoming an indirect pointing at the non-versioned symbol.
2926 Thus, not an alias any more. */
2927 if (def
->def_regular
2928 || def
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
2931 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2932 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2936 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2937 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2938 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2939 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2940 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2941 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2948 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2949 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2953 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2955 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2956 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2959 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2962 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2963 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2966 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2967 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2970 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2971 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2973 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2975 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2976 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2977 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2979 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2980 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2981 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2983 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2991 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2992 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2993 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2994 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2995 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2996 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2997 referenced by another one? */
2999 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
3003 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
3005 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
3009 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
3010 can happen via a recursive call. */
3011 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
3014 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
3015 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
3016 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
3017 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
3018 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
3020 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
3021 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3022 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3023 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3025 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3026 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3027 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3028 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3029 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3030 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3031 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3034 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3035 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3036 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3037 extern int timezone;
3039 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3040 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3041 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3042 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3043 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3044 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3045 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3046 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3048 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3050 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3052 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3053 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3054 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3056 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3057 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3058 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3062 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3063 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3064 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3065 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3066 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3068 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3071 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3072 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3074 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3083 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3087 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3088 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3091 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3093 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3095 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3096 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3097 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3098 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3099 for the minimum alignment. */
3100 power_of_two
= bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
3101 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3102 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3108 if (power_of_two
> bfd_section_alignment (dynbss
))
3110 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3111 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
, power_of_two
))
3115 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3116 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3118 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3119 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3120 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3122 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3123 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3125 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3126 if (h
->protected_def
3127 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3128 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3129 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3130 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3131 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3132 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3137 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3138 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3141 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3145 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3146 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3147 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3148 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3150 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3152 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3153 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3154 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3155 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3156 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3162 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3163 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3164 considered to bind dynamically. */
3167 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3169 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3171 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3173 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3178 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3179 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3180 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3182 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3183 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3185 if (h
->forced_local
)
3188 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3189 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3190 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3191 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3193 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3200 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3201 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3204 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3206 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3207 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3208 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3209 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3210 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3217 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3218 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3221 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3222 us that it remains local. */
3223 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3226 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3227 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3228 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3229 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3230 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3231 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3232 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3234 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3235 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3236 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3237 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3240 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3241 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3242 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3245 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3247 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3251 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3252 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3253 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3256 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3257 if (h
->forced_local
)
3260 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3261 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3262 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3264 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3265 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3266 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3269 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3270 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3273 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3274 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3275 shared libraries. */
3276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3279 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3280 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3281 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3284 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3285 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3288 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3290 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3291 symbols are local. */
3292 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3293 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3294 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3295 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3298 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3299 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3300 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3301 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3302 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3303 return local_protected
;
3306 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3307 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3309 struct bfd_section
*
3310 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3312 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3313 unsigned int align
= 0;
3315 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3316 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3320 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3321 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3322 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3324 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3326 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3327 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3329 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3334 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3336 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3341 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3342 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3343 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3346 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3347 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3348 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3351 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3352 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3355 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3356 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3357 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3360 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3361 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3362 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3363 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3365 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3367 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3368 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3369 in the same way that it used to do. */
3375 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3376 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3377 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3379 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3390 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3394 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3397 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3398 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3399 get the correct symbol table. */
3400 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3401 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3402 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3403 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3407 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3409 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3410 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3412 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3413 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3415 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3417 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3419 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3420 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3421 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3423 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3428 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3429 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3432 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3435 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3436 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3438 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3441 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3443 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3447 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3452 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3454 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3464 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3467 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3474 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3475 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3476 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3478 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3479 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3482 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3483 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3486 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3487 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3489 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3490 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3491 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3495 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3496 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3499 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3504 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3505 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3506 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3509 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3510 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3514 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3517 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3520 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3521 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3522 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3525 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3528 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3531 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3532 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3534 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3535 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3536 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3538 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3540 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3541 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3542 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3544 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3552 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3555 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3559 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3560 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3565 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3566 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3570 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3571 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3572 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3574 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3575 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3576 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3577 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3578 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3579 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3580 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3581 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3582 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3583 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3584 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3590 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3592 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3594 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3595 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3596 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3598 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3599 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3600 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3602 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3605 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3607 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3609 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3610 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3613 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3614 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3617 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3619 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3621 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3622 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3626 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3630 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3632 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3633 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3634 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3635 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3638 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3641 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3642 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3644 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3645 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3646 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3648 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3649 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3650 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3651 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3653 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3655 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3659 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3669 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3674 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3677 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3678 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3679 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3680 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3682 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3683 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3685 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3686 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3691 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3692 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3694 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3698 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3700 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3701 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3703 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3705 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3706 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3707 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3709 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3710 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3711 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3714 while (def
.vd_next
);
3717 /* Adjust version references. */
3718 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3723 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3724 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3726 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3730 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3732 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3733 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3734 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3735 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3736 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3738 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3739 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3740 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3742 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3744 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3745 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3748 while (need
.vn_next
);
3754 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3755 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3759 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3760 const bfd_target
*output
)
3762 return input
== output
;
3765 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3766 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3767 are virtually identical. */
3770 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3771 const bfd_target
*output
)
3773 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3775 if (input
== output
)
3778 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3779 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3781 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3784 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3785 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3788 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3789 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3790 processing the lib. */
3793 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3794 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3795 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3797 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3800 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3803 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3805 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3806 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3808 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3809 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3812 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3813 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3814 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3815 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3816 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3817 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3818 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3819 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3820 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3821 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3823 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3824 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3825 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3826 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3827 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3828 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3829 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3833 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3835 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3838 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3839 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3840 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3841 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3842 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3843 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3844 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3847 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3849 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3852 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3854 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3855 free (internal_relocs
);
3865 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3868 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3870 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3871 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3876 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3877 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3878 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym_end
= NULL
;
3879 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3880 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3881 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3882 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3883 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3884 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3885 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3887 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3888 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3890 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3891 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3892 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3893 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3894 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3896 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3897 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3898 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3901 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3903 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3904 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3906 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3912 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3913 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3914 the format of the output file. */
3915 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3916 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3917 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3919 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3920 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3927 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3928 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3929 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3930 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3931 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3932 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3933 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3935 /* xgettext:c-format */
3936 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3937 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3939 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3940 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3941 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3942 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3943 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3944 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3948 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
3949 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3954 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3956 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3957 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3958 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3959 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3960 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3961 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3962 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3963 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3967 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3969 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3971 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3973 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3974 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3979 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3983 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3988 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3989 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3990 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3993 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3995 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3996 not get copied into the output file. */
3999 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
4000 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
4001 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
4006 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
4007 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
4012 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
4013 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
4014 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
4015 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
4016 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
4017 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
4018 make a shared library. */
4020 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4021 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4023 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4024 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4025 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4026 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4028 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4032 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4036 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4038 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4039 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4042 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4043 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4047 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4048 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4049 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4050 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4051 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4052 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4054 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4055 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4056 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4058 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4063 unsigned int elfsec
;
4064 unsigned long shlink
;
4066 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4073 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4074 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4075 goto error_free_dyn
;
4076 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4078 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4079 extdyn
<= dynbuf
+ s
->size
- bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
4080 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4082 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4084 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4085 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4087 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4088 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4090 goto error_free_dyn
;
4092 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4094 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4096 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4098 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4099 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4100 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4101 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4102 goto error_free_dyn
;
4103 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4104 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4106 goto error_free_dyn
;
4107 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4111 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4115 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4117 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4119 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4121 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4122 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4123 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4124 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4125 goto error_free_dyn
;
4126 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4127 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4129 goto error_free_dyn
;
4130 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4134 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4140 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4141 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4143 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4145 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4147 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4148 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4149 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4150 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4151 goto error_free_dyn
;
4152 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4153 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4155 goto error_free_dyn
;
4156 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4166 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4168 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4169 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4176 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4177 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4183 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4184 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4189 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4190 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4191 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4192 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4193 while (phdr
-- > elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4194 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4196 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4197 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4198 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4199 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4200 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4204 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4205 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4206 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4207 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4208 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4209 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4211 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4213 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4214 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4215 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4216 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4218 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4220 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4221 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4222 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4225 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4226 will need to know it. */
4227 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4229 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4233 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4234 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4235 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4239 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4240 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4243 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4244 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4245 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4246 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4248 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4249 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4251 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4253 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4255 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4256 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4258 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4260 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4265 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4266 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4269 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4270 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4272 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4274 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4277 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4279 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4282 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4283 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4284 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4285 goto error_free_sym
;
4286 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4292 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4293 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4294 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4295 goto error_free_sym
;
4297 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4298 to internal format. */
4299 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4303 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4304 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4305 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4306 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4307 goto error_free_sym
;
4308 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4309 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4310 goto error_free_vers
;
4311 extversym_end
= extversym
+ (amt
/ sizeof (* extversym
));
4315 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4316 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4317 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4318 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4323 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4325 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4326 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4328 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4330 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4331 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4332 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4333 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4337 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4338 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4339 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4340 goto error_free_vers
;
4342 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4343 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4344 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4345 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4346 goto error_free_vers
;
4348 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4349 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4350 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4351 goto error_free_vers
;
4353 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4354 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4355 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4356 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4357 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4358 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4359 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4360 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4361 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4362 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4363 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4364 goto error_free_vers
;
4366 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4368 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4371 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4373 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4374 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4375 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4376 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4378 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4379 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4386 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4388 else if (extversym
+ extsymoff
< extversym_end
)
4389 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
4392 /* xgettext:c-format */
4393 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: invalid version offset %lx (max %lx)"),
4394 abfd
, (long) extsymoff
,
4395 (long) (extversym_end
- extversym
) / sizeof (* extversym
));
4396 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4397 goto error_free_vers
;
4400 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4401 && abfd
->lto_slim_object
)
4404 (_("%pB: plugin needed to handle lto object"), abfd
);
4407 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4409 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4413 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4416 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4417 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4418 bfd_boolean definition
;
4419 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4420 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4421 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4422 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4423 bfd_boolean override
;
4425 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4426 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4427 unsigned int shindex
;
4429 bfd_boolean matched
;
4433 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4435 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4436 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4437 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4439 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4440 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4445 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4449 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4450 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4451 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4453 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4456 /* If we aren't prepared to handle locals within the globals
4457 then we'll likely segfault on a NULL symbol hash if the
4458 symbol is ever referenced in relocations. */
4459 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
4460 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, hdr
->sh_name
);
4461 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s local symbol at index %lu"
4462 " (>= sh_info of %lu)"),
4463 abfd
, name
, (long) (isym
- isymbuf
+ extsymoff
),
4466 /* Dynamic object relocations are not processed by ld, so
4467 ld won't run into the problem mentioned above. */
4470 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4471 goto error_free_vers
;
4474 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4482 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4483 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4487 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4491 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4492 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4493 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4494 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4495 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4497 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4498 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4499 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4500 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4504 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4506 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4507 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4509 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4511 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4513 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4515 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4519 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4522 goto error_free_vers
;
4524 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4525 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4527 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4531 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4533 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4535 goto error_free_vers
;
4539 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4540 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4541 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4543 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4547 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4548 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4549 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4551 goto error_free_vers
;
4555 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4557 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4559 goto error_free_vers
;
4561 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4562 should be skipped for some reason. */
4567 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4571 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4572 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4573 for this executable. */
4574 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4575 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4578 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4579 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4584 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4585 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4592 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4594 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4595 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4600 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4601 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4602 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4606 else if (ever
>= extversym_end
)
4608 /* xgettext:c-format */
4609 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: not enough version information"),
4611 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4612 goto error_free_vers
;
4615 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4617 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4619 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4620 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4621 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4622 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4623 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4624 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4626 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4627 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4630 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4633 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4635 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4637 else if (vernum
> 1)
4639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4646 /* xgettext:c-format */
4647 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4650 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4651 goto error_free_vers
;
4656 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4657 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4658 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4660 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4663 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4667 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4669 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4671 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4673 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4683 /* xgettext:c-format */
4684 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4685 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4687 goto error_free_vers
;
4691 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4692 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4693 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4694 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4695 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4698 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4699 if (newname
== NULL
)
4700 goto error_free_vers
;
4701 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4702 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4704 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4705 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4706 default version of the symbol. */
4707 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4708 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4710 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4715 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4716 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4717 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4720 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4721 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4722 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4724 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4725 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4726 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4727 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4729 goto error_free_vers
;
4734 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4736 if (override
&& matched
)
4740 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4741 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4742 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4744 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4747 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4750 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4751 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4752 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4753 goto error_free_vers
;
4756 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4759 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4760 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4761 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4763 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4764 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4770 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4774 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4775 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4776 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4778 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4779 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4780 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4781 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4782 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4783 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4784 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4785 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4786 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4787 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4788 definition anyhow. */
4794 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4795 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4796 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4801 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4804 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4805 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4806 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4808 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4809 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4811 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4814 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4816 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4817 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4818 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4819 object and a shared object. */
4820 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4822 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4823 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4824 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4831 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4832 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4844 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4845 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4846 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4847 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4857 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4862 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4865 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4866 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4867 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4871 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4875 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4876 the default name. */
4878 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4879 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4880 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4881 goto error_free_vers
;
4883 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4884 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4885 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4886 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4887 alignment is maintained. */
4888 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4889 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4891 unsigned int common_align
;
4892 unsigned int normal_align
;
4893 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4897 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4898 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4900 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4901 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4902 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4903 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4905 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4906 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4907 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4910 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4914 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4915 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4920 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4922 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4925 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4927 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4928 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4930 /* xgettext:c-format */
4931 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4932 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4933 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4934 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4937 /* xgettext:c-format */
4938 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4939 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4940 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4941 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4945 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4946 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4947 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4948 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4951 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4952 && ! size_change_ok
)
4954 /* xgettext:c-format */
4955 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4956 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4957 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4958 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4960 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4963 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4964 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4965 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4966 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4967 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4969 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4970 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4973 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4974 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4975 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4977 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4979 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4981 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4982 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4985 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4987 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4988 /* xgettext:c-format */
4990 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4991 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4992 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4998 /* Merge st_other field. */
4999 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
5001 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
5003 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
5004 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
5007 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
5008 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
5013 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
5014 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
5017 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
5019 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5020 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5022 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
5023 aliases can be checked. */
5026 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
5027 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5029 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5031 goto error_free_vers
;
5033 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
5037 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
5039 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5040 goto error_free_vers
;
5042 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
5044 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
5045 goto error_free_vers
;
5048 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5049 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
5050 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
5052 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5056 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5061 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5062 for unmatched symbol. */
5067 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5069 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5070 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5071 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5072 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5073 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5076 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5078 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5079 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5081 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5082 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5083 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5084 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5087 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5090 /* xgettext:c-format */
5091 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5094 goto error_free_vers
;
5097 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5098 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5101 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5103 goto error_free_vers
;
5105 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5110 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5111 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5112 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5118 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5123 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5124 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5125 the correct symbol resolution. */
5127 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5128 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5130 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5131 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5133 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5134 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5135 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5136 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5137 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5138 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5139 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5142 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5145 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5146 goto error_free_vers
;
5148 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5149 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5150 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5152 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5153 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5155 /* Skip local symbols. */
5156 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5159 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5161 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5164 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5165 free (internal_relocs
);
5169 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5175 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5181 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5185 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5186 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5187 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5188 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5189 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5190 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5191 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5192 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5193 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5194 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5195 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5198 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5200 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5201 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5203 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5204 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5206 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5208 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5209 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5210 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5212 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5213 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5214 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5216 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5218 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5219 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5224 alignment_power
= 0;
5226 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5227 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5228 in the second pass. */
5229 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5230 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5231 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5232 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5233 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5235 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5236 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5237 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5239 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5241 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5242 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5243 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5244 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5246 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5250 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5251 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5252 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5253 goto error_free_vers
;
5256 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5258 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5259 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5263 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5265 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5266 goto error_free_vers
;
5271 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5272 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5273 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5274 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5278 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5280 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5281 char *shortname
, *p
;
5283 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5285 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5286 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5289 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5290 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5292 goto error_free_vers
;
5293 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5294 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5296 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5297 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5298 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5300 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5301 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5302 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5304 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5305 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5306 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5307 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5308 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5310 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5311 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5313 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5319 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5320 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5323 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5324 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5325 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5326 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5327 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5328 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5329 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5330 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5331 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5332 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5333 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5334 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5338 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5340 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5341 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5344 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5345 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5346 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5348 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5349 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5350 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5352 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5353 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5354 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5356 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5360 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5361 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5369 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5370 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5373 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5378 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5381 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5382 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5384 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5385 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5388 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5389 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5395 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5397 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5398 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5405 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5415 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5419 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5420 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5421 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5422 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5425 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5426 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5427 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5431 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5432 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5433 the largest size. */
5436 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5438 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5439 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5440 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5442 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5447 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5449 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5450 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5454 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5455 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5457 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5459 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5462 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5467 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5468 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5469 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5470 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5471 real definition and the weak definition. */
5472 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5474 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5475 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5482 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5485 if (bed
->check_directives
5486 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5489 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5490 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5492 && ! info
->traditional_format
5493 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5494 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5498 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5499 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5501 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5504 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5505 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5506 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5507 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5508 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5509 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5511 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5513 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5514 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5515 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5518 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5519 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5524 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5526 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5527 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5529 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5533 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5540 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5542 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5544 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5545 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5546 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5549 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5555 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5556 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5558 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5559 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5560 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5563 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5567 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5571 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5572 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5573 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5574 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5576 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5577 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5580 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5581 len
= strlen (name
);
5582 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5584 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5586 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5587 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5588 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5590 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5593 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5595 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5596 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5597 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5600 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5604 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5605 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5606 handle versioned symbols.
5608 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5609 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5610 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5611 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5614 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5615 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5618 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5621 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5625 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5626 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5627 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5629 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5631 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5632 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5638 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5639 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5640 second and subsequent passes. */
5641 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5645 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5646 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5647 if (included
== NULL
)
5650 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5651 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5652 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5665 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5666 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5668 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5670 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5675 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5681 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5682 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5688 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5690 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5691 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5692 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5693 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5696 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5697 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5698 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5699 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5700 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5702 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5705 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5707 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5708 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5713 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5714 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5715 if (element
== NULL
)
5718 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5721 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5723 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5724 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5726 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5729 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5730 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5731 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5732 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5733 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5734 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5735 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5736 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5739 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5740 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5744 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5749 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5751 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5752 on through the loop. */
5753 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5763 if (included
!= NULL
)
5768 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5772 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5774 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5777 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5779 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5781 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5786 struct hash_codes_info
5788 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5792 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5793 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5796 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5798 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5803 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5804 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5807 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5808 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5810 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5813 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5819 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5820 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5825 /* Compute the hash value. */
5826 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5828 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5829 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5831 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5833 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5841 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5844 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5845 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5846 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5847 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5848 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5849 unsigned long int *indx
;
5850 unsigned long int *counts
;
5854 long int min_dynindx
;
5855 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5856 unsigned long int symindx
;
5857 long int local_indx
;
5858 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5859 unsigned long int mask
;
5863 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5864 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5867 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5869 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5874 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5875 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5878 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5879 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5882 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5883 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5885 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5888 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5894 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5895 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5900 /* Compute the hash value. */
5901 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5903 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5904 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5905 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5906 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5908 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5909 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5917 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5918 final dynamic symbol renumbering in case of .gnu.hash.
5919 If using .MIPS.xhash, invoke record_xhash_symbol to add symbol index
5920 to the translation table. */
5923 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5925 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5926 unsigned long int bucket
;
5927 unsigned long int val
;
5929 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5930 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5933 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5934 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5936 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5938 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5940 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, 0);
5944 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5949 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5950 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5951 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5952 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5954 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5955 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5956 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5957 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5959 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5960 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5961 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5962 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5964 bfd_vma xlat_loc
= s
->xlat
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
]++ - s
->symindx
) * 4;
5966 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, xlat_loc
);
5969 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5973 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5976 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5978 return !(h
->forced_local
5979 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5980 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5981 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5982 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5983 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5986 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5987 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5988 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5989 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5990 than 32771 buckets. */
5992 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5994 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5998 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5999 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
6000 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
6001 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
6002 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
6003 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
6004 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
6005 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
6007 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6008 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6009 unsigned long int nsyms
,
6012 size_t best_size
= 0;
6013 unsigned long int i
;
6015 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
6016 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
6017 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
6018 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
6023 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
6024 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6025 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
6026 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
6027 unsigned long int *counts
;
6029 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
6031 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
6032 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
6034 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
6037 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
6042 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
6046 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
6047 since the size could be large. */
6049 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
6050 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6054 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
6055 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
6057 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
6059 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
6060 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
6061 unsigned long int j
;
6062 unsigned long int fact
;
6064 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
6067 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
6069 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6070 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
6071 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6073 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6074 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6075 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6076 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6077 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6078 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6079 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6082 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6084 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6087 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6088 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6089 over a few long chains). */
6090 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6091 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6093 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6094 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6097 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6098 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6099 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6100 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6101 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6103 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6104 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6105 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6109 /* Compare with current best results. */
6110 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6114 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6116 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6117 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6118 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6125 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6127 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6128 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6129 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6130 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6132 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6133 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6136 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6143 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6146 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6151 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6152 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6153 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6154 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6155 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6160 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6161 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6162 undefined it is initialized. */
6165 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6166 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6167 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6168 bfd_vma default_size
)
6170 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6172 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6174 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6175 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6176 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6177 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6179 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6181 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6182 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6183 if (info
->stacksize
)
6184 /* xgettext:c-format */
6185 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6186 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6187 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6188 /* xgettext:c-format */
6189 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6190 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6192 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6195 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6196 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6197 size, set it now. */
6198 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6200 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6201 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6202 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6204 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6206 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6207 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6208 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6209 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6210 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6213 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6215 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6221 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6223 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6225 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6226 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6231 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6234 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6235 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6236 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6237 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6238 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6239 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6241 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6243 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6244 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6247 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6253 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6254 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6255 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6256 addresses of the various sections. */
6259 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6262 const char *filter_shlib
,
6264 const char *depaudit
,
6265 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6266 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6267 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6270 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6274 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6277 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6279 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6281 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6282 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6283 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6284 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6288 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6289 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6290 if (info
->export_dynamic
6291 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6293 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6297 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6298 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6306 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6308 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6309 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6313 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6315 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6316 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6317 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6318 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6320 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6321 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6322 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6325 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6327 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6329 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6330 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6332 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6333 if (newname
== NULL
)
6335 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6336 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6338 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6339 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6341 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6342 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6343 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6346 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6347 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6349 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6351 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6352 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6353 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6358 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6359 not defined in a shared object. */
6361 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6362 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6363 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6367 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6368 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6369 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6371 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6372 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6377 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6379 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6380 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6381 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6382 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6383 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6386 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6387 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6388 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6393 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6398 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6399 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6400 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6402 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6403 just linking a regular application. */
6404 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6406 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6407 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6408 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6410 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6411 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6417 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6418 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6419 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6426 /* Make space for the base version. */
6427 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6428 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6431 /* Make space for the default version. */
6432 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6434 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6438 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6440 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6442 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6446 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6447 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6450 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6451 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6455 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6456 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6459 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6463 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6464 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6467 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6469 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6470 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6474 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6475 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6476 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6479 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6481 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6483 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6484 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6491 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6492 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6493 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6495 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6497 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6499 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6501 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6502 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6503 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6504 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6506 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6508 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6509 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6511 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6513 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6516 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6517 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6519 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6522 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6523 aux block, but different flags. */
6526 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6528 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6529 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6532 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6533 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6534 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6536 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6537 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6538 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6540 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6543 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6545 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6550 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6553 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6555 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6556 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6558 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6560 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6563 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6564 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6566 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6569 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6571 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6572 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6574 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6575 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6576 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6577 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6578 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6581 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6582 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6583 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6584 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6586 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6587 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6588 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6590 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6591 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6592 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6594 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6595 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6597 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6598 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6599 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6600 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6602 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6603 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6604 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6606 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6608 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6610 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6612 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6616 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6617 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6620 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6621 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6623 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6625 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6626 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6627 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6631 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6635 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6637 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6639 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6641 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6642 dynamic symbol table. */
6643 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6644 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6645 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6649 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6652 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6654 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6656 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6657 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6660 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6661 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6663 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6665 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6666 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6671 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6672 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6675 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6680 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6683 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6685 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6687 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6689 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6691 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6692 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6696 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6697 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6701 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6703 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6706 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6710 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6713 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6715 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6716 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6717 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6718 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6720 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6723 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6724 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6727 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6728 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6730 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6731 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6732 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6734 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6736 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6737 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6738 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6739 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6742 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6745 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6747 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6748 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6749 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6753 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6757 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6758 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6759 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6760 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6761 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6762 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6764 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6765 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6768 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6769 we're dynamic or not. */
6770 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6771 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6774 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6775 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6776 if (info
->execstack
)
6777 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6778 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6779 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6783 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6786 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6788 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6793 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6795 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6796 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6799 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6802 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6806 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6809 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6810 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6811 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6812 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6813 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6816 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6818 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6819 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6823 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6824 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6828 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6830 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6838 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6840 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6843 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6844 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6848 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6852 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6853 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6854 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6855 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6859 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6861 const char * const *p
;
6863 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6867 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6869 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6870 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6879 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6881 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6882 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6886 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6890 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6892 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6893 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6900 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6901 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6902 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6903 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6908 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6909 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6910 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6912 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6913 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6914 h
= (info
->init_function
6915 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6916 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6923 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6926 h
= (info
->fini_function
6927 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6928 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6935 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6939 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6940 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6942 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6943 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6948 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6949 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6950 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6951 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6952 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6953 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6954 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6957 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6962 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6966 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6967 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6971 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6973 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6974 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6977 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6978 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6980 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6981 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6985 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6986 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6987 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6988 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6989 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6990 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6992 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6994 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6995 if ((info
->emit_hash
6996 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6997 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6998 && (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
6999 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0)))
7000 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
7001 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
7002 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
7003 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
7004 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
7009 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
7012 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
7015 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
7016 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
7019 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7021 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
7023 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
7025 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
7026 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
7030 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
7032 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
7035 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
7037 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
7043 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7044 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
7047 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
7051 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
7053 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
7055 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
7056 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
7060 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
7061 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
7062 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
7066 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7067 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7073 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7074 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7076 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7079 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7081 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7082 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7083 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7086 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7089 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7092 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7093 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7095 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7098 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7100 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7101 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7102 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7103 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7104 && !(s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7105 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7108 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7111 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= found
;
7113 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7114 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7115 && (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7116 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7121 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7124 #define GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME(bed) \
7125 (bed)->record_xhash_symbol != NULL ? ".MIPS.xhash" : ".gnu.hash"
7128 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7131 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7132 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7134 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7137 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7138 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7140 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7141 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7142 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7143 of the global symbols.
7145 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7146 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7147 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7148 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7149 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7151 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7152 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7153 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7154 §ion_sym_count
);
7156 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7160 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7162 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7164 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7165 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7166 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7167 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7169 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7170 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7171 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7174 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7178 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7179 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7180 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7181 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7182 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7183 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7184 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7185 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7186 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7188 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7189 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7192 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7193 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7194 ++section_sym_count
;
7195 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7197 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7199 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7200 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7201 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7203 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7204 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7206 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7208 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7210 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7211 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7213 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7214 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7215 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7217 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7218 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7220 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7221 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7222 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7229 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7231 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7234 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7237 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7239 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7240 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7241 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7242 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7243 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7244 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7247 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7248 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7249 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7252 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7255 unsigned char *contents
;
7256 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7260 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7262 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7263 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7265 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7266 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7267 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7270 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7271 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7272 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7275 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7276 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7277 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7280 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7285 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7287 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7289 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7293 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME (bed
));
7294 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7296 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7298 /* Empty .gnu.hash or .MIPS.xhash section is special. */
7299 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7300 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7301 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7302 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7303 if (contents
== NULL
)
7305 s
->contents
= contents
;
7306 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7308 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7310 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7312 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7314 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7315 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7316 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7318 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7322 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7323 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7327 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7329 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7331 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7332 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7334 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7335 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7337 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7343 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7344 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7345 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7346 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7347 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7348 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7349 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7350 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7352 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7356 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7357 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7358 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7359 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7361 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7362 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7363 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7364 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7366 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7367 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7369 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7370 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7372 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7373 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7374 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7376 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7377 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7378 if (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
7379 s
->size
+= cinfo
.nsyms
* 4;
7380 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7381 if (contents
== NULL
)
7383 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7384 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7388 s
->contents
= contents
;
7389 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7390 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7391 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7392 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7393 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7395 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7397 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7398 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7400 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7404 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7406 cinfo
.xlat
= contents
+ cinfo
.nsyms
* 4 - s
->contents
;
7407 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, if populating .gnu.hash section.
7408 If using .MIPS.xhash, populate the translation table. */
7409 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7410 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx
, &cinfo
);
7412 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7413 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7415 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7417 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7420 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7421 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7425 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7426 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7428 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7430 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7432 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7433 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7440 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7443 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7446 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7447 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7450 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7453 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7458 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7461 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7462 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7463 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7464 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7465 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7466 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7467 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7468 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7470 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7472 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7473 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7474 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7475 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7477 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7478 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7481 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7482 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7483 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7487 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7489 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7490 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7491 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7494 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7498 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7499 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7504 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7505 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7509 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7511 /* Set local fields. */
7514 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7515 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7516 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7517 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7518 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7519 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7520 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7521 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7528 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7529 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7532 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7536 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7538 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7539 symbol which just became indirect. */
7541 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7542 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7543 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7544 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7545 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7546 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7547 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7549 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7552 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7553 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7554 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7555 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7557 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7558 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7559 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7560 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7563 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7565 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7566 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7567 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7568 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7571 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7573 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7574 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7575 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7576 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7578 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7583 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7585 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7587 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7588 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7590 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7595 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7596 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7598 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7601 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7606 /* Hide a symbol. */
7609 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7610 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7611 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7613 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7615 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7616 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7618 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7619 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7620 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7621 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7622 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7626 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7630 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7631 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7633 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7634 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7636 unsigned int entsize
,
7637 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7640 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7642 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7643 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7644 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7645 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7646 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7647 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7649 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7651 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7652 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7657 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7659 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7660 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7662 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7663 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7665 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7669 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7670 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7676 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7681 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7684 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7686 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7688 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7689 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7690 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7691 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7692 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7695 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7696 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7697 entry for a dynamic object. */
7700 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7702 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7703 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7704 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7708 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7711 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7712 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7713 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7720 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7722 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7723 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7724 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7727 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7728 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7730 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7731 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7732 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7734 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7736 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7739 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7740 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7742 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7743 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7744 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7746 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7748 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7751 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7752 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7753 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7756 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7758 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7759 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7760 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7764 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7765 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7768 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7769 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7772 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7773 unsigned int elfsec
;
7774 unsigned long shlink
;
7775 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7777 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7781 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7782 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7785 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7786 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7789 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7792 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7793 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7796 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7798 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7799 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7802 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7803 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7805 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7807 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7809 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7812 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7815 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7816 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7819 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7824 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7845 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7847 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7848 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7849 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7852 struct elf_symbuf_head
7854 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7856 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7864 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7869 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7872 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7874 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7875 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7877 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7881 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7883 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7884 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7885 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7888 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7889 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7891 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7892 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7893 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7894 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7896 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7900 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7901 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7902 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7905 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7906 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7909 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7910 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7911 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7914 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7915 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7916 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7917 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7923 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7924 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7925 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7926 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7927 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7929 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7932 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7933 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7934 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7936 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7937 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7938 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7941 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7942 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7949 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7953 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7954 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7958 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7959 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7960 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7961 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7962 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7963 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7964 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7965 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7971 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7972 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7973 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7976 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7979 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7980 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7981 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7984 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7985 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7986 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7987 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7988 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7989 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7991 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7997 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7998 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8000 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8002 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8004 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8007 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8008 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
8009 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8012 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8014 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8016 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8019 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8020 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
8021 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
8024 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
8026 /* Optimized faster version. */
8028 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
8029 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
8032 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
8037 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8038 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8040 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8044 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
8051 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
8056 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8057 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8059 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8063 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
8069 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8073 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
8075 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
8076 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8080 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
8081 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8083 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8084 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8090 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8091 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8093 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8094 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8099 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8100 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8101 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8102 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8103 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8105 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8106 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8107 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8108 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8109 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8116 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8117 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8118 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8119 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8120 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8123 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8125 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8126 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8127 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8130 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8131 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8132 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8134 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8137 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8139 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8140 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8142 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8144 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8145 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8147 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8148 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8149 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8150 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8151 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8153 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8154 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8155 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8156 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8157 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8175 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8178 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8179 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8183 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8184 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8187 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8190 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8192 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8194 struct elf_final_link_info
8196 /* General link information. */
8197 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8200 /* Symbol string table. */
8201 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8202 /* .hash section. */
8204 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8205 asection
*symver_sec
;
8206 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8208 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8209 void *external_relocs
;
8210 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8211 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8212 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8214 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8215 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8216 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8217 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8219 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8220 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8221 of any input BFD. */
8223 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8224 symbol of any input BFD. */
8225 asection
**sections
;
8226 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8227 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8228 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8229 size_t filesym_count
;
8232 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8234 struct elf_outext_info
8237 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8238 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8239 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8243 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8245 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8246 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8247 relocations themselves.
8249 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8250 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8251 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8252 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8254 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8255 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8256 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8257 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8260 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8261 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8264 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8265 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8269 <binary-operator> := as in C
8270 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8273 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8274 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8279 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8280 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8281 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8283 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8285 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8287 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8288 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8290 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8291 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8292 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8293 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8296 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8300 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8301 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8303 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8304 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8305 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8306 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8307 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8308 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8309 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8310 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8314 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8316 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8318 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8321 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8322 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8323 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8327 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8329 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8333 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8336 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8337 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8340 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8341 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8343 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8345 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8347 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8348 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8350 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8351 (unsigned long) *result
);
8357 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8358 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8359 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8363 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8364 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8366 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8367 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8368 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8370 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8371 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8379 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8380 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8381 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8384 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8392 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8393 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8395 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8399 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8400 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8401 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8403 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8404 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8407 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8409 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8411 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8415 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8423 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8425 /* xgettext:c-format */
8426 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8431 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8434 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8436 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8445 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8447 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8452 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8454 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8467 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8471 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8475 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8476 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8478 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8480 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8484 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8485 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8486 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8488 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8489 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8490 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8491 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8493 if (symbol_is_section
)
8495 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8496 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8497 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8499 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8505 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8506 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8507 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8510 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8517 /* All that remains are operators. */
8519 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8520 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8522 sym += strlen (#op); \
8526 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8527 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8530 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8536 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8537 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8539 sym += strlen (#op); \
8543 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8544 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8547 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8548 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8551 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8581 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8582 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8588 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8589 unsigned long chunksz
,
8594 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8596 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8601 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8605 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8609 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8610 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8616 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8617 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8630 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8631 unsigned long chunksz
,
8638 /* Sanity checks. */
8639 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8642 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8643 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8644 && location
!= NULL
);
8646 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8648 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8650 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8651 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8652 of the loop below. */
8656 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8658 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8663 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8666 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8669 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8673 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8684 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8685 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8686 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8687 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8688 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8689 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8690 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8691 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8692 unsigned long encoded
)
8694 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8695 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8696 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8697 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8698 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8699 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8700 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8701 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8704 bfd_reloc_status_type
8705 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8706 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8708 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8711 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8712 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8713 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8715 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8716 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8717 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8718 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8719 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8721 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8722 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8723 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8725 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8728 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8730 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8732 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8733 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8736 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8737 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8738 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8739 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8740 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8741 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8742 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8747 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8748 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8749 ? complain_overflow_signed
8750 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8751 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8755 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8758 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8759 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8760 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8761 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8762 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8763 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8765 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8766 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8770 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8771 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8772 know the value is aligned. */
8775 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8782 const union aligned32
*a
8783 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8785 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8786 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8787 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8788 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8793 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8800 const union aligned32
*a
8801 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8803 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8804 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8805 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8806 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8810 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8812 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8819 const union aligned64
*a
8820 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8822 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8823 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8824 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8825 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8826 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8827 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8828 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8829 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8834 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8841 const union aligned64
*a
8842 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8844 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8845 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8846 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8847 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8848 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8849 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8850 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8851 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8856 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8857 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8858 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8862 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8864 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8866 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8869 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8871 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8872 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8873 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8875 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8876 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8878 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8880 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8881 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8883 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8885 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8886 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8891 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8894 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8901 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8905 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8906 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8908 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8911 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8914 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8915 && info
->gc_sections
8916 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8918 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8919 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8921 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8922 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8924 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8927 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8929 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8930 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8931 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8932 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8933 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8936 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8937 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8939 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8941 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8944 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8945 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8947 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8949 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8950 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8951 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8952 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8958 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8959 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8960 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8961 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8962 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8968 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8969 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8970 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8971 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8972 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8973 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8976 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8977 speeding the main loop below. */
8978 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8979 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8981 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8990 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8991 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8992 have the same r_offset. */
8993 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8994 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8995 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8996 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8999 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9001 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
9002 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9003 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
9005 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
9010 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
9011 from one of more input files. Files are not always
9012 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
9013 called. See pr17666. */
9014 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
9015 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
9016 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
9017 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
9018 while (p
+ runlen
< end
9019 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
9020 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
9021 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
9025 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
9029 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
9031 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
9032 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
9033 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
9037 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
9038 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
9039 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
9041 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
9044 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
9045 free (reldata
->hashes
);
9046 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
9052 struct elf_link_sort_rela
9058 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
9059 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
9060 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
9064 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9066 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9067 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9068 int relativea
, relativeb
;
9070 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9071 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9073 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
9075 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
9077 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9079 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9081 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9083 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9089 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9091 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9092 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9094 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9096 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9098 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9100 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9102 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9104 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9110 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9112 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9115 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9116 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9117 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9118 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9119 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9120 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9121 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9122 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9123 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9124 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9126 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9128 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9129 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9130 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9131 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9132 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9134 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9136 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9137 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9140 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9141 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9142 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9143 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9145 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9147 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9149 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9150 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9151 It is of no help to us. */
9155 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9156 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9158 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9159 "they are in more than one size"),
9161 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9167 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9171 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9173 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9174 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9176 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9177 "they are in more than one size"),
9179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9185 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9190 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9191 something is wrong. */
9192 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9193 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9194 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9199 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9200 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9202 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9204 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9206 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9207 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9208 It is of no help to us. */
9212 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9213 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9215 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9216 "they are in more than one size"),
9218 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9224 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9228 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9230 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9231 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9233 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9234 "they are in more than one size"),
9236 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9242 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9247 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9248 something is wrong. */
9249 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9250 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9256 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9260 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9262 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9269 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9270 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9271 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9272 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9276 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9277 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9278 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9279 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9283 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9284 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9285 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9287 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9290 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9291 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9293 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9296 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9300 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9301 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9305 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9306 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9308 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9310 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9311 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9313 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9314 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9316 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9318 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9319 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9320 relocs in this case. */
9325 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9326 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9328 while (erel
< erelend
)
9330 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9332 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9333 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9334 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9340 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9342 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9344 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9345 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9351 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9352 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9354 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9355 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9357 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9360 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9362 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9363 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9365 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9366 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9367 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9368 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9370 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9372 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9373 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9374 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9375 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9376 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9377 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9383 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9386 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9391 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9392 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9394 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9395 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9398 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9399 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9400 while (erel
< erelend
)
9402 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9403 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9410 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9414 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9417 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9419 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9420 asection
*input_sec
,
9421 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9423 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9424 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9426 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9427 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9428 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9430 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9432 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9433 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9434 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9436 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9441 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9442 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
;
9443 if (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym
->st_info
) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
9444 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_unique
;
9448 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9449 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9452 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9453 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9455 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9457 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9461 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9462 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9463 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9465 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9466 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9467 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9469 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9471 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9474 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9475 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9476 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9477 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9478 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9480 flinfo
->output_bfd
->symcount
+= 1;
9481 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9486 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9490 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9492 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9501 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9504 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9506 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9508 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9509 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9513 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9515 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9516 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9517 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9518 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9525 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9527 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9528 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9529 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9532 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9533 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9534 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9535 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9536 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9537 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9538 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9539 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9542 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9543 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9544 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9545 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9546 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9548 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9556 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9557 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9562 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9565 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9567 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9568 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9570 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9573 /* xgettext:c-format */
9574 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9575 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9576 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9582 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9583 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9584 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9585 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9586 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9589 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9590 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9591 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9594 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9596 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9599 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9600 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9601 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9603 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9609 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9610 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9611 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9613 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9614 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9618 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9619 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9620 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9623 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9624 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9627 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9629 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9631 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9638 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9639 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9640 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9641 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9642 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9643 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9645 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9647 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9649 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9650 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9653 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9655 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9656 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9658 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9663 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9664 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9667 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9670 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9672 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9675 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9676 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9677 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9678 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9681 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9682 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9683 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9691 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9692 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9693 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9696 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9697 unsigned short version_index
;
9699 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9700 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9703 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9706 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9709 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9711 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9713 && h
->forced_local
))
9715 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9716 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9717 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9722 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9723 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9725 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9739 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9742 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9744 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9745 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9747 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9751 case elf_stt_common
:
9754 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9761 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9762 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9763 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9764 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9765 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9769 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9771 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9772 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9773 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9775 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9776 asection
*input_sec
;
9777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9782 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9784 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9785 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9789 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9790 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9792 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9797 if (h
->forced_local
)
9801 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9803 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9805 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9806 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9807 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9808 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9810 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9812 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9813 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9814 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9815 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9817 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9819 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9820 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9821 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9822 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9823 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9824 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9825 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9827 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9829 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9834 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9835 shared libraries. */
9836 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9841 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9842 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9846 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9848 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9849 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9850 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9852 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9853 /* xgettext:c-format */
9854 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9855 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9856 /* xgettext:c-format */
9857 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9859 /* xgettext:c-format */
9860 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9861 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9862 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9863 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9864 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9865 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9867 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9871 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9872 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9873 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9878 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9880 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9884 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9886 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9887 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9888 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9890 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9891 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9892 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9893 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9894 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9895 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9896 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9898 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9899 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9900 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9901 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9906 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9907 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9908 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9909 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9912 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9913 && !h
->forced_local
)
9917 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9918 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9919 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9922 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9923 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9927 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9928 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9929 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9930 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9933 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9934 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9936 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9937 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9940 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9941 input_sec
->output_section
);
9942 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9945 /* xgettext:c-format */
9946 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9947 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9948 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9949 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9953 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9954 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9956 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9957 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9959 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9960 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9962 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9963 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9964 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9970 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9971 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9972 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9973 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9978 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9979 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9980 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9981 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9984 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9985 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9986 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9987 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9988 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9989 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9990 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9994 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9995 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9997 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9998 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10000 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10001 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10002 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
10003 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10007 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10008 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10014 if (h
->forced_local
)
10016 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
10017 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
10018 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
10020 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
10021 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
10022 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
10023 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
10024 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10025 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
10027 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
10028 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
10030 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
10031 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
10032 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
10033 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
10034 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
10035 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10037 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10038 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
10039 || h
->forced_local
)
10040 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
10041 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
10042 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
10043 || !h
->forced_local
)
10044 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
10046 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
10047 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
10049 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10054 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
10055 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
10056 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
10057 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
10058 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
10059 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
10060 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10062 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
10063 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
10066 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
10068 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
10069 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10072 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
10073 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
10075 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
10076 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
10079 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
10080 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
10081 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
10082 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
10083 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10088 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10089 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10090 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10091 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10092 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10093 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10094 && !h
->def_regular
)
10098 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10099 /* xgettext:c-format */
10100 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10101 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10102 /* xgettext:c-format */
10103 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10105 /* xgettext:c-format */
10106 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10107 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10108 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10109 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10113 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10114 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10115 the entry in the .hash section. */
10116 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10117 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10118 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10119 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10123 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10124 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10125 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10126 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10127 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10128 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10130 || !h
->def_regular
))
10132 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10134 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10137 /* xgettext:c-format */
10138 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10139 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10140 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10145 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10146 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10147 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10148 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10150 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10153 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10155 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10157 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10158 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10160 size_t bucketcount
;
10163 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10164 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10167 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10168 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10169 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10170 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10171 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10173 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10174 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10175 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10178 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10180 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10181 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10183 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10185 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10186 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10187 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10188 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10190 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10194 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10195 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10197 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10198 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10202 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10203 defined locally. */
10204 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10205 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10207 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10208 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10209 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10213 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10214 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10215 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10216 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10218 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10219 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10220 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10223 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10227 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10230 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10231 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10232 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10233 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10234 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10235 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10236 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10237 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10238 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10239 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10241 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10243 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10244 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10245 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10246 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10247 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10250 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10253 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10254 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10258 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10263 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10269 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10270 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10273 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10275 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10277 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10279 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10280 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10281 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10287 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10288 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10289 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10295 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10296 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10297 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10298 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10299 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10300 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10301 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10302 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10305 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10307 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10310 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10313 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10316 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10319 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10322 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10323 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10325 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10326 asection
*s
= first
;
10330 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10333 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10341 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10342 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10346 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10350 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10353 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10354 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10356 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10357 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10359 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10364 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10365 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10366 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10367 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10370 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10372 int (*relocate_section
)
10373 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10374 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10376 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10377 size_t locsymcount
;
10379 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10381 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10383 asection
**ppsection
;
10385 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10386 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10387 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10388 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10390 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10392 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10393 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10394 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10396 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10397 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10399 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10402 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10403 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10405 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10410 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10411 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10414 /* Read the local symbols. */
10415 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10416 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10418 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10419 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10420 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10421 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10422 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10426 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10427 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10428 going into the output file. */
10429 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10430 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10432 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10436 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10442 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10444 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10451 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10452 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10453 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10454 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10455 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10456 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10459 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10462 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10463 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10464 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10466 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10467 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10469 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10470 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10476 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10477 output any undefined local symbol. */
10478 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10481 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10483 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10484 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10489 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10491 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10494 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10495 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10496 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10497 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10499 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10502 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10503 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10504 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10505 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10506 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10507 isec
->output_section
))
10510 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10511 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10516 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10517 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10518 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10520 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10521 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10522 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10523 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10524 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10527 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10529 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10530 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10531 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10533 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10534 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10536 if (!have_file_sym
)
10538 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10539 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10540 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10541 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10542 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10543 source file, but the best we can do. */
10544 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10545 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10546 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10547 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10548 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10549 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10550 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10551 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10552 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10559 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10560 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10561 isec
->output_section
);
10562 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10565 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10566 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10567 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10568 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10569 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10570 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10571 these requirements. */
10572 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10573 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10575 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10576 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10578 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10579 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10580 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10582 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (osym
.st_info
),
10587 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10588 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10595 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10597 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10603 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10608 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10609 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10610 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10612 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10614 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10616 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10620 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10621 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10623 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10624 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10625 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10626 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10628 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10629 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10630 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10631 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10634 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10635 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10636 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10637 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10639 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10641 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10643 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10644 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10645 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10649 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10651 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10652 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10653 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10658 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10659 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10664 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10666 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10669 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10671 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10672 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10677 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10681 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10682 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10686 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10687 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10690 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10692 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10697 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10698 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10699 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10700 the routines which work on output files. */
10701 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10703 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10704 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10706 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10708 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10709 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10714 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10715 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10719 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10721 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10722 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10723 int action_discarded
;
10726 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10728 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10729 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10730 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10731 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10734 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10735 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10736 if (o
->size
> address_size
10737 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10738 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10739 ".init_array") == 0)
10740 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10741 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10742 ".fini_array") == 0))
10743 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10745 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10746 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10749 /* xgettext:c-format */
10750 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10751 "multiple of address size"),
10753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10756 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10759 action_discarded
= -1;
10760 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10761 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10763 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10764 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10765 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10766 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10767 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10769 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10770 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10771 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10773 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10774 unsigned int s_type
;
10775 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10777 const char *sym_name
;
10779 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10782 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10783 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10784 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10786 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10788 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10789 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10790 we do not seg fault. */
10794 /* xgettext:c-format */
10795 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10796 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10797 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10802 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10803 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10804 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10808 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10809 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10810 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10811 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10812 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10813 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10814 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10815 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10816 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10817 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10818 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10819 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10820 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10821 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10823 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10824 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10828 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10829 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10830 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10832 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10836 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10838 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10839 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10840 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10844 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10845 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10848 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10849 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10851 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10852 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10853 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10854 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10855 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10856 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10857 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10858 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10859 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10861 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10862 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10865 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10866 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10871 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10873 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10874 discarded section. */
10875 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10877 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10878 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10879 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10880 /* xgettext:c-format */
10881 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10882 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10883 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10885 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10886 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10887 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10888 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10889 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10890 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10891 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10895 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10907 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10909 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10910 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10911 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10912 reloc addend as necessary.
10914 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10915 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10917 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10918 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10919 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10921 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10922 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10923 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10924 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10925 the addend to be adjusted. */
10927 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10928 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10936 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10937 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10939 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10940 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10941 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10942 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10943 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10944 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10945 unsigned int next_erel
;
10946 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10947 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10949 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10950 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10951 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10953 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10955 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10956 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10957 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10958 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10959 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10961 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10962 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10963 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10964 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10965 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10966 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10967 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10968 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10969 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10971 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10973 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10975 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10981 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10983 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10984 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10985 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10988 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10991 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10993 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10994 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10995 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10996 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10998 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
11000 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
11004 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
11006 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
11007 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11008 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11010 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
11012 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
11013 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11016 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
11017 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
11018 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
11020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
11021 unsigned long indx
;
11023 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
11024 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
11025 we do not know the symbol index of any global
11026 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
11027 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
11028 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
11029 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
11030 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
11031 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
11032 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11033 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11034 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11036 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
11037 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
11038 used by a reloc. */
11039 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
11046 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
11049 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
11050 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
11051 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
11053 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
11054 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
11055 processor specific section. */
11056 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
11057 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
11059 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
11061 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11066 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11068 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
11069 section will be the absolute section. In
11070 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
11071 the kept section. relocate_section should
11072 have already handled discarded linkonce
11074 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
11075 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
11076 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11078 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
11079 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11082 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
11084 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11085 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11087 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
11088 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
11090 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11091 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11096 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11097 section winds up in the output section. */
11099 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11103 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11105 unsigned long shlink
;
11110 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11112 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11117 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11118 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11119 must output it now. */
11120 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11121 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11122 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11126 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11128 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11130 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11133 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11134 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11136 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11137 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11139 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
11140 = elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
11142 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11144 if (htab
->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
11145 sym
.st_value
-= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11148 = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
),
11153 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11154 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11160 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11165 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11168 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11169 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11172 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11173 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11174 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11176 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11181 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11182 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11183 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11186 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11187 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11189 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11198 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11199 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11200 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11203 /* Section written out. */
11205 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11207 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11208 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11210 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11211 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11214 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11215 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11216 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11219 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11221 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11226 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11228 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11236 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11238 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11239 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11241 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11243 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11245 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11248 todo
-= address_size
;
11249 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11257 offset
+= address_size
;
11261 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11275 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11276 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11277 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11281 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11282 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11283 asection
*output_section
,
11284 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11286 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11290 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11291 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11292 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11293 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11294 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11297 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11299 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11306 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11309 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11310 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11311 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11318 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11319 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11320 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11322 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11323 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11324 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11330 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11331 actually against the section. */
11332 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11333 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11334 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11335 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11337 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11338 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11342 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11343 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11344 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11345 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11346 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11347 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11348 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11350 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11352 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11353 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11360 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11361 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11366 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11368 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11370 bfd_size_type size
;
11371 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11374 const char *sym_name
;
11376 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11377 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11378 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11380 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11387 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11390 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11391 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11392 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11394 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11395 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11396 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11401 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11403 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11410 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11411 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11413 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11414 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11415 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11417 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11419 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11420 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11421 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11423 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11424 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11426 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11428 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11429 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11430 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11432 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11433 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11437 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11438 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11439 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11448 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11451 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11453 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11457 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11458 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11459 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11460 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11462 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11463 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11464 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11465 where elfsec is 0. */
11468 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11469 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11470 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11471 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11472 /* xgettext:c-format */
11473 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11478 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11479 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11484 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11485 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11488 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11493 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11494 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11497 return apos
> bpos
;
11501 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11502 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11503 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11504 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11507 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11509 int seen_linkorder
;
11512 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11514 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11516 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11517 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11521 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11523 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11524 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11526 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11528 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11530 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11531 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11532 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11533 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11534 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11535 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11549 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11551 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11553 /* xgettext:c-format */
11554 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11555 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11556 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11557 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11560 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11561 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11566 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11569 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11570 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11571 if (sections
== NULL
)
11573 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11575 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11577 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11579 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11580 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11581 compare_link_order
);
11583 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11585 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11587 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11588 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11589 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11590 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11591 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11598 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11599 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11602 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11604 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11606 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11608 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11610 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11614 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11616 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11617 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11619 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11622 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11623 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11624 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11625 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11626 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11629 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11630 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11631 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11632 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11633 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11634 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11637 /* Get symbol table size. */
11638 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11642 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11643 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11644 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11648 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11649 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11650 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11653 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11654 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11655 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11658 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11662 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11668 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11669 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11670 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11671 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11673 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11674 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11675 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11676 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11677 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11678 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11679 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11680 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11683 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11685 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11686 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11687 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11688 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11691 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11702 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11706 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11707 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11708 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11709 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11710 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11711 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11712 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11713 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11714 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11715 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11716 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11717 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11718 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11719 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11720 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11721 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11722 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11723 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11724 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
11725 && flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1)
11726 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11727 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11729 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11730 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11731 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11732 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11733 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11737 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11740 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11742 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11743 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11745 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11747 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11749 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11750 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11751 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11752 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11753 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11754 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11756 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11758 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11759 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11760 bfd_boolean merged
;
11761 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11762 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11764 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11765 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11766 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11767 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11769 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11772 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11773 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11775 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11776 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11778 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11779 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11781 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11782 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11783 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11784 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11789 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11790 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11794 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11795 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11796 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11797 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11800 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11801 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11802 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11803 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11804 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11805 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11806 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11807 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11808 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11809 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11811 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11812 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11814 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11815 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11817 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
11819 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11820 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11822 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11824 asection
*input_section
;
11826 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11828 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11829 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11830 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11831 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11834 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11835 bfd_set_section_size (o
, attr_size
);
11836 /* Skip this section later on. */
11837 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11841 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11843 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11845 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11846 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11848 if (remove_section
)
11850 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11851 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11852 abfd
->section_count
--;
11856 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11857 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11858 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11859 max_contents_size
= 0;
11860 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11861 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11863 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11865 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11867 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11868 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11870 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11872 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11873 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11874 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11876 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11877 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11879 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11883 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11885 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11886 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11887 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11888 the linker has decided to not include. */
11889 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11891 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11894 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11895 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11896 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11897 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11899 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11900 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11904 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11906 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11907 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11908 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11910 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11912 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11913 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11915 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11916 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11917 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11919 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11920 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11921 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11922 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11923 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11925 else if (emit_relocs
)
11927 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11928 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11931 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11932 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11935 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11936 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11938 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11940 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11942 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11944 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11945 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11946 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11947 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11949 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11950 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11951 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11952 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11957 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11960 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11961 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11963 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11967 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11968 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11970 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11972 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11973 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11979 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11981 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11985 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11986 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11989 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11990 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11991 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11992 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11995 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11996 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11997 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11998 sections are handled correctly. */
11999 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
12000 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
12004 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
12005 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
12007 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
12008 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
12009 to create a symbol table. */
12010 abfd
->symcount
= info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
12011 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
12012 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
12015 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
12016 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12018 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12019 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12022 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
12026 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
12030 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
12031 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
12032 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
12033 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
12035 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
12037 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
12038 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
12039 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
12040 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
12041 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
12044 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
12045 if (contents
== NULL
)
12047 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12051 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
12052 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
12053 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
12054 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
12055 abfd
->symcount
= 0;
12056 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12057 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
12058 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
12059 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
12060 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12061 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
12062 /* sh_info is set below. */
12063 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12064 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12066 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
12067 max_sym_count
= 20;
12068 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
12069 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
12070 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12071 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
12073 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
12075 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
12076 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
12078 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
12080 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
12082 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
12084 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
12085 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
12086 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
12088 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
12090 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12091 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12092 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
12093 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12094 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12095 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12096 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12097 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12100 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12101 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12102 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
12103 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12104 outputting relocs. */
12106 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12107 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12108 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12109 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12110 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12111 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12113 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12116 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12117 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12118 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12119 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12120 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12127 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12129 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12131 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12132 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12136 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12138 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12139 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12143 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12145 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12146 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12147 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12151 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12153 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12154 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12155 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12158 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12159 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12160 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12163 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12164 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12165 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12168 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12169 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12170 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12174 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12176 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12177 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12178 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12184 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12187 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12188 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12191 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12194 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12196 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12199 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12201 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12203 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12204 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12205 alignment requirements. */
12206 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12207 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12208 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12211 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12212 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12214 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12218 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12221 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12222 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12223 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12224 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12225 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12227 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12228 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12229 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12230 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12231 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12232 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12233 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12234 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12235 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12236 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12237 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12238 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12239 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12241 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12242 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12243 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12245 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12247 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12248 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12249 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12250 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12252 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12254 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12256 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12259 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12260 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12262 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12267 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12269 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12270 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12271 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12272 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12273 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12275 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12277 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12279 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12280 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12281 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12285 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12287 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12288 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12289 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12293 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12295 /* xgettext:c-format */
12296 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12297 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12306 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12307 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12309 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12310 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12311 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12313 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12314 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12318 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12319 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12320 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12321 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12322 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12323 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12324 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12325 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12326 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12327 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12328 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12332 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12333 table, do it now. */
12334 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12335 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12337 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12338 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12341 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12342 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12343 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12347 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12348 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12349 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12350 converted to local in a version script. */
12352 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12353 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12356 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12357 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12359 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12360 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12362 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12363 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12365 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12366 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12367 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12373 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12375 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12377 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12383 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12386 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12387 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12388 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12389 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12391 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12392 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12393 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12397 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12398 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12400 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12401 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12406 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12407 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12408 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12410 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12412 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12417 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12418 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12420 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12422 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12425 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12426 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12431 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12432 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12433 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12434 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12435 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12439 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12440 table, do it now. */
12441 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12442 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12444 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12445 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12448 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12449 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12450 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12454 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12455 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12457 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12458 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12461 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12462 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12464 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12466 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12467 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12469 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12471 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12473 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12475 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12476 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12477 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12478 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12479 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12481 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12484 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12485 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12490 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12491 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12492 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12493 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12494 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12495 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12496 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12497 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12498 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12499 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12500 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12502 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12504 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12506 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12507 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12511 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12513 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12514 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12518 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12519 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12521 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12524 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12527 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12528 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12529 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12531 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12532 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12535 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12536 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12537 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12540 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12541 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12543 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12544 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12547 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12549 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12550 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12551 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12553 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12554 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12555 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12557 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12560 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12563 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12570 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12572 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12574 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12575 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12578 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12585 name
= info
->init_function
;
12588 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12591 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12593 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12595 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12596 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12598 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12599 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12600 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12601 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12602 + o
->output_offset
);
12605 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12606 library and does not apply to this one. */
12607 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12614 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12615 name
= ".preinit_array";
12617 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12618 name
= ".init_array";
12620 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12621 name
= ".fini_array";
12623 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12627 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12632 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12633 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12636 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12637 name
= ".preinit_array";
12639 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12640 name
= ".init_array";
12642 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12643 name
= ".fini_array";
12645 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12652 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12661 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12664 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12667 name
= ".gnu.version";
12669 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12671 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12674 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12677 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12680 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12684 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12691 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12697 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12699 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12701 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12702 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12703 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12705 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12707 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12708 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12712 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12714 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12715 overall reloc count. */
12716 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12718 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12719 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12720 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12721 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12722 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12723 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12724 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12725 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12726 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12727 No PLT relocs applied. */
12730 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12731 it from DT_RELA. */
12732 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12733 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12734 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12737 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12738 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12740 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12743 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12747 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12748 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12750 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12753 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12754 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12755 || info
->error_textrel
)
12756 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12758 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12760 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12761 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12762 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12764 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12766 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12768 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12770 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12771 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12772 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12774 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12775 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12781 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12783 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12785 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12787 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12789 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12790 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12793 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12795 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12797 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12799 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12801 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12802 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12808 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12812 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12813 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12814 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12820 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12822 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12824 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12825 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12830 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12831 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12833 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12837 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12840 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12844 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12845 if (contents
== NULL
)
12846 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12847 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12848 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12855 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12859 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12862 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12863 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12866 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12868 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12869 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12871 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12872 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12873 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12874 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12876 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12877 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12881 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12882 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12885 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12886 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12888 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12890 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12891 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12893 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12894 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12896 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12898 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12901 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12902 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12907 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12910 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12912 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12914 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12915 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12916 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12917 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12920 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12921 of input bfd ABFD. */
12924 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12925 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12928 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12930 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12931 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12935 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12936 info
->keep_memory
);
12937 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12939 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12940 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12942 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12946 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12950 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12953 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12954 free (cookie
->rels
);
12957 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12960 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12961 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12964 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12966 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12971 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12976 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12980 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12983 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12984 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12987 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12989 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12992 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12993 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12994 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12995 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12996 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13000 switch (h
->root
.type
)
13002 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13003 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13004 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13006 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13007 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
13014 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
13019 /* Return the debug definition section. */
13022 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13023 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13024 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13025 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13026 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13030 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
13031 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13032 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13033 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13034 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13038 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
13039 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
13041 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13048 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13049 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
13050 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
13053 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
13054 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13055 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13056 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
13058 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13059 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13061 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13062 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13065 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
13066 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13068 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
13071 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
13075 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13076 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13077 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13079 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
13080 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
13081 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
13082 handling copy relocs. */
13083 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
13084 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
13086 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
13088 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
13089 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
13093 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13094 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13099 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13102 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13103 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13106 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13107 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13108 the relocation symbol. */
13111 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13113 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13114 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13117 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13119 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13120 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13122 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13124 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13125 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13127 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13132 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13137 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13138 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13139 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13142 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13144 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13147 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13151 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13152 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13153 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13154 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13157 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13159 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13160 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13161 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13162 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13164 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13166 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13170 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13171 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13176 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13180 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13182 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13184 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13188 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13189 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13191 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13195 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13196 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13197 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13203 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13206 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13208 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13210 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13213 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13214 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13216 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13217 and special section. */
13218 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13221 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13222 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13224 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13225 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13227 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13229 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13231 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13232 keep all sections in this group. */
13233 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13238 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13240 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13244 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13247 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13248 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13252 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13255 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13256 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13257 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13259 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13261 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13262 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13265 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13266 see if any other section is already marked,
13267 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13268 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13269 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13271 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13273 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13274 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13275 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13278 if (!debug_frag_seen
13279 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13280 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13281 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13284 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13285 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13289 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13290 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13291 just debug sections or special sections. */
13292 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13294 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13295 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13296 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13297 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13298 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13300 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13301 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13304 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13305 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13306 are associated with that code section. */
13307 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13308 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13309 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13310 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13315 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13317 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13318 section containing the name of the code section as
13319 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13320 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13321 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13325 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13326 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13329 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13332 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13333 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13338 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13339 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13340 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13342 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13343 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13344 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13351 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13356 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13360 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13361 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13362 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13365 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13368 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13370 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13371 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13372 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13374 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13376 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13377 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13383 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13384 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13387 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13388 to remove a section from the output. */
13389 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13391 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13392 /* xgettext:c-format */
13393 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13401 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13402 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13405 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13407 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13409 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13410 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13413 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13414 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13417 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13418 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13421 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13422 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13424 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13426 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13428 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13429 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13434 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13436 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13437 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13439 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13442 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13443 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13445 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13446 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13447 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13462 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13465 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13466 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13467 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13468 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13470 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13471 well as those that are not loaded. */
13473 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13474 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13477 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13478 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13480 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13481 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13482 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13484 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13486 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13488 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13490 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13492 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13493 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13495 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13496 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13497 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13499 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13500 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13503 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13504 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13510 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13511 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13515 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13517 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13518 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13520 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13521 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13522 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13523 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13524 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13525 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13526 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13527 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13528 || info
->export_dynamic
13531 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13532 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13533 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13534 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13535 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13540 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13541 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13544 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13546 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13548 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13550 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13552 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13553 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13556 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13558 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13559 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13560 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13565 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13566 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13568 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13570 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13573 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13575 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13577 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13578 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13581 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13584 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13586 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13587 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13589 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13590 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13597 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13600 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13602 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13604 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13606 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13608 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13609 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13611 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13615 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13616 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13618 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13619 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13620 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13621 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13622 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13625 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13627 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13628 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13630 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13631 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13633 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13634 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13635 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13636 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13637 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13638 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13642 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13643 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13647 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13648 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13652 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13653 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13654 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13656 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13657 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13658 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13662 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13663 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13664 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13668 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13671 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13672 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13673 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13674 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13675 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13677 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13678 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13679 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13680 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13681 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13682 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13684 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13685 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13686 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13687 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13689 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13694 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13695 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13697 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13698 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13701 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13704 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13709 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13711 size_t extsymcount
;
13712 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13714 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13715 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13717 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13718 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13719 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13721 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13722 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13724 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13725 offset as the relocation. */
13726 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13728 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13729 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13730 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13731 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13732 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13736 /* xgettext:c-format */
13737 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13738 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13743 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13745 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13746 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13747 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13752 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13753 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13754 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13755 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13757 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13760 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13765 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13768 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13769 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13772 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13773 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13777 /* xgettext:c-format */
13778 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: section '%pA': corrupt VTENTRY entry"),
13780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13786 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13787 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13792 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13794 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13795 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13797 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13799 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13800 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13801 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13805 if (addend
>= size
)
13807 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13808 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13809 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13812 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13814 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13815 consolidation pass. */
13816 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13820 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13826 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13827 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13828 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13832 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13837 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13838 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13839 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13842 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13847 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13851 flagword flag_value
;
13852 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13854 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13856 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13857 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13858 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13859 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13860 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13861 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13862 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13863 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13864 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13865 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13866 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13867 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13870 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13872 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13873 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13876 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13878 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13880 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13881 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13882 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13884 int without_hex
= 0;
13886 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13889 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13891 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13892 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13894 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13898 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13899 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13900 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13901 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13906 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13908 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13910 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13911 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13912 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13913 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13920 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13921 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13925 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13926 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13927 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13930 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13933 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13939 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13941 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13944 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13945 to real got offsets. */
13948 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13950 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13951 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13952 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13954 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13956 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13957 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13960 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13965 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13966 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13969 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13973 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13975 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13977 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13979 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13982 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13983 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13984 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13987 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13989 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13990 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13992 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13993 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13994 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13996 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13999 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
14003 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
14004 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
14005 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
14007 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14009 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
14011 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
14013 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
14014 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
14017 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
14021 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
14022 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
14023 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
14024 gofarg
.info
= info
;
14025 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14026 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
14031 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
14032 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
14035 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14037 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
14040 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14041 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
14045 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
14047 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
14049 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14050 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
14052 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
14054 unsigned long r_symndx
;
14056 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14057 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
14059 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
14062 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
14063 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
14066 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
14067 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
14069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14071 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
14073 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
14074 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
14075 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
14077 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14078 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14079 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
14080 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
14081 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
14086 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
14087 but it could be a relocation against a local
14088 symbol for a discarded section. */
14090 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
14092 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
14093 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
14094 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
14096 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
14097 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14105 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14106 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14107 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14108 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14111 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14113 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14118 if (info
->traditional_format
14119 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14122 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14127 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14130 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14131 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14135 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14138 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14141 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14142 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14143 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14147 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14152 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14153 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14157 int eh_changed
= 0;
14158 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14160 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14166 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14169 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14172 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14173 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14174 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14178 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14182 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14185 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14186 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14187 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14188 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14190 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14191 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14193 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14196 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14197 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14198 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14199 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14201 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14206 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14207 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14215 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14216 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14219 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14224 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14226 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14227 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14230 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14232 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14234 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14237 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14240 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14244 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14245 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14247 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14248 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14249 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14256 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14258 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14261 const char *name
, *key
;
14262 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14263 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14265 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14268 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14270 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14271 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14272 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14275 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14276 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14277 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14280 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14282 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14283 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14284 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14285 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14288 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14289 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14290 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14293 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14294 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14295 single member groups. */
14299 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14301 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14303 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14304 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14305 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14306 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14307 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14308 type of section. */
14309 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14310 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14311 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14312 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14314 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14315 issue a warning. */
14316 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14319 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14321 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14322 asection
*s
= first
;
14326 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14327 /* Record which group discards it. */
14328 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14329 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14330 /* These lists are circular. */
14340 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14341 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14342 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14344 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14346 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14347 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14348 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14349 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14350 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14352 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14353 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14354 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14359 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14360 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14361 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14363 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14366 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14367 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14369 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14370 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14375 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14376 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14377 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14378 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14379 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14380 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14381 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14382 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14383 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14384 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14385 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14387 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14388 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14389 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14390 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14392 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14393 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14397 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14398 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14399 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14400 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14404 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14406 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14410 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14416 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14418 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14422 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14423 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14425 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14426 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14429 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14432 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14434 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14436 static const char *
14437 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14439 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14442 const char *old_name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
14443 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14445 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14448 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14449 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14454 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14455 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14456 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14460 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14462 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14464 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14466 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14468 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14472 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14474 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14475 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14482 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14483 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14484 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14487 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14488 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14489 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14490 string table associated with ABFD. */
14493 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14495 unsigned int alignment
,
14497 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14499 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14501 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14503 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14508 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14510 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14512 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14513 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14514 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14515 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14517 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14518 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14520 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14521 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14522 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14523 seen to be a .rela section. */
14524 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14525 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14530 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14536 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14537 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14538 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14539 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14541 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14542 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14543 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14545 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14546 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14547 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14549 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14550 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14552 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14553 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14556 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14559 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14561 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14562 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14563 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14564 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14567 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14570 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14572 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14573 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14574 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14575 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14578 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14580 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14581 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14582 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14586 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14587 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14589 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14590 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14591 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14593 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14594 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14595 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14596 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14597 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14598 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14600 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14601 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14603 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14605 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14606 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14610 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14611 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14613 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);